2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// dear imgui, v1.84
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// (internal structures/api)
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward
|
|
|
|
// compatibility! Set:
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with
|
|
|
|
// your own math types+operators)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Index of this file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Header mess
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Forward declarations
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Context pointer
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Macros
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Generic helpers
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Columns support
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Multi-select support
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Docking support
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Viewport support
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Settings support
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context)
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Table support
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#pragma once
|
|
|
|
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Header mess
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
|
|
|
|
# include "imgui.h"
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# include <stdio.h> // FILE*, sscanf
|
|
|
|
# include <stdlib.h> // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof
|
|
|
|
# include <math.h> // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
|
|
|
|
# include <limits.h> // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Enable SSE intrinsics if available
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE)
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
|
|
|
|
# include <immintrin.h>
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Visual Studio warnings
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
|
|
|
# pragma warning(push)
|
|
|
|
# pragma warning(disable : 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct
|
|
|
|
// 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
|
|
|
|
# pragma warning(disable : 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
|
|
|
|
// [MSVC Static Analyzer)
|
|
|
|
# pragma warning(disable : 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a
|
|
|
|
// member variable (type.6).
|
|
|
|
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
|
|
|
|
# pragma warning(disable : 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# if defined(__clang__)
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic push
|
|
|
|
# if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored \
|
|
|
|
"-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing
|
|
|
|
// against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned()
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx'
|
|
|
|
// to 'float' may lose precision
|
|
|
|
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
|
|
|
|
# pragma GCC diagnostic push
|
|
|
|
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
|
|
|
|
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \
|
|
|
|
"-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx'
|
|
|
|
// with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// Helper macros
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# if defined(__clang__)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_NORETURN __attribute__((noreturn))
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IM_NORETURN
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Legacy defines
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74
|
|
|
|
# error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74
|
|
|
|
# error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled.
|
|
|
|
// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Forward declarations
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value
|
|
|
|
struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
|
|
|
|
struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
|
|
|
|
struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDockContext; // Docking system context
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDockRequest; // Docking system dock/undock queued request
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDockNode; // Docking system node (hold a list of Windows OR two child dock nodes)
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings; // Storage for a dock node in .ini file (we preserve those even if the associated dock
|
|
|
|
// node isn't active during the session)
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the
|
|
|
|
// end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window)
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window
|
|
|
|
// wasn't instanced during this session)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum
|
|
|
|
// lists.
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiDataAuthority; // -> enum ImGuiDataAuthority_ // Enum: for storing the source authority (dock
|
|
|
|
// node vs window) of a field
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiItemAddFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_ // Flags: for ItemAdd()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx()
|
|
|
|
typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...);
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Context pointer
|
|
|
|
// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details.
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef GImGui
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
|
|
|
|
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
namespace ImStb
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
|
|
|
|
# undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
|
|
|
|
# define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState
|
|
|
|
# define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar
|
|
|
|
# define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f)
|
|
|
|
# define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99
|
|
|
|
# define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999
|
|
|
|
# include "imstb_textedit.h"
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
} // namespace ImStb
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Macros
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Internal Drag and Drop payload types. String starting with '_' are reserved for Dear ImGui.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW "_IMWINDOW" // Payload == ImGuiWindow*
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Debug Logging
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT, ...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Debug Logging for selected systems. Remove the '((void)0) //' to enable.
|
|
|
|
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log
|
|
|
|
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) ((void)0) // Disable log
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) ((void)0) // Disable log
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...) ((void)0) // Disable log
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...) ((void)0) // Disable log
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Static Asserts
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "")
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND) ? 1 : -1]
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the
|
|
|
|
// code too much. We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add
|
|
|
|
// more aggressive ones in the code.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
|
|
|
|
# define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Error handling
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and
|
|
|
|
// recover from more faults.
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR
|
|
|
|
# define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP, _MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Misc Macros
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f
|
|
|
|
# ifdef _WIN32
|
|
|
|
# define IM_NEWLINE \
|
|
|
|
"\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support
|
|
|
|
// Unix-style carriage returns!)
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# define IM_TABSIZE (4)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF, _ALIGN) \
|
|
|
|
(((_OFF) + (_ALIGN - 1)) & \
|
|
|
|
~(_ALIGN - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8
|
|
|
|
# define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) \
|
|
|
|
((int)((_VAL)*255.0f + ((_VAL) >= 0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose
|
|
|
|
# define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255
|
|
|
|
# define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
|
|
|
|
# define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) //
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed
|
|
|
|
// the default to e.g. __vectorcall
|
|
|
|
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_CDECL
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Warnings
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress : XXXX))
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Debug Tools
|
|
|
|
// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
|
|
|
|
# if defined(__clang__)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap()
|
|
|
|
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak()
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() \
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely
|
|
|
|
// in a debugger!
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Generic helpers
|
|
|
|
// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions.
|
|
|
|
// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions.
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: Hashing
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: Sorting
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: Bit manipulation
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: String, Formatting
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: Maths
|
|
|
|
// - Helpers: Geometry
|
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImVec1
|
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImVec2ih
|
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImRect
|
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImBitArray
|
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImBitVector
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<>
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImPool<>
|
|
|
|
// - Helper: ImChunkStream<>
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: Hashing
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0);
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
static inline ImGuiID ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed);
|
|
|
|
} // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68]
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: Sorting
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define ImQsort qsort
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: Color Blending
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: Bit manipulation
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
v--;
|
|
|
|
v |= v >> 1;
|
|
|
|
v |= v >> 2;
|
|
|
|
v |= v >> 4;
|
|
|
|
v |= v >> 8;
|
|
|
|
v |= v >> 16;
|
|
|
|
v++;
|
|
|
|
return v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: String, Formatting
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack,
|
|
|
|
const char* haystack_end,
|
|
|
|
const char* needle,
|
|
|
|
const char* needle_end);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);
|
|
|
|
static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf,
|
|
|
|
int out_buf_size,
|
|
|
|
const ImWchar* in_text,
|
|
|
|
const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf,
|
|
|
|
int out_buf_size,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text_end,
|
|
|
|
const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(
|
|
|
|
const ImWchar* in_text,
|
|
|
|
const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast
|
|
|
|
// operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) We unfortunately don't have a unary-
|
|
|
|
// operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself.
|
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lhs.x *= rhs;
|
|
|
|
lhs.y *= rhs;
|
|
|
|
return lhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lhs.x /= rhs;
|
|
|
|
lhs.y /= rhs;
|
|
|
|
return lhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lhs.x += rhs.x;
|
|
|
|
lhs.y += rhs.y;
|
|
|
|
return lhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lhs.x -= rhs.x;
|
|
|
|
lhs.y -= rhs.y;
|
|
|
|
return lhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lhs.x *= rhs.x;
|
|
|
|
lhs.y *= rhs.y;
|
|
|
|
return lhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lhs.x /= rhs.x;
|
|
|
|
lhs.y /= rhs.y;
|
|
|
|
return lhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: File System
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
typedef void* ImFileHandle;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (ImU64)-1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
typedef FILE* ImFileHandle;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename,
|
|
|
|
const char* mode,
|
|
|
|
size_t* out_file_size = NULL,
|
|
|
|
int padding_bytes = 0);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: Maths
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
# define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X)
|
|
|
|
# define ImSqrt(X) sqrtf(X)
|
|
|
|
# define ImFmod(X, Y) fmodf((X), (Y))
|
|
|
|
# define ImCos(X) cosf(X)
|
|
|
|
# define ImSin(X) sinf(X)
|
|
|
|
# define ImAcos(X) acosf(X)
|
|
|
|
# define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X))
|
|
|
|
# define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR)
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned()
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X)
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImPow(float x, float y)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return powf(x, y);
|
|
|
|
} // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
|
|
|
|
static inline double ImPow(double x, double y)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return pow(x, y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImLog(float x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return logf(x);
|
|
|
|
} // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision
|
|
|
|
static inline double ImLog(double x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return log(x);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int ImAbs(int x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return x < 0 ? -x : x;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImAbs(float x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return fabsf(x);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline double ImAbs(double x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return fabs(x);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImSign(float x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : ((x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
} // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument
|
|
|
|
static inline double ImSign(double x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : ((x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImRsqrt(float x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x)));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImRsqrt(float x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return 1.0f / sqrtf(x);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
static inline double ImRsqrt(double x)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return 1.0 / sqrt(x);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long
|
|
|
|
// float/double (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (T)(a + (b - a) * t);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
T tmp = a;
|
|
|
|
a = b;
|
|
|
|
b = tmp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b))
|
|
|
|
return mn;
|
|
|
|
if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b))
|
|
|
|
return mx;
|
|
|
|
return a + b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b))
|
|
|
|
return mn;
|
|
|
|
if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b))
|
|
|
|
return mx;
|
|
|
|
return a - b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// - Misc maths helpers
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImSaturate(float f)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y);
|
|
|
|
if (d > 0.0f)
|
|
|
|
return ImRsqrt(d);
|
|
|
|
return fail_value;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImFloor(float f)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (float)(int)(f);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (float)((f >= 0 || (int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1);
|
|
|
|
} // Decent replacement for floorf()
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (a + b) % b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (current < target)
|
|
|
|
return ImMin(current + speed, target);
|
|
|
|
if (current > target)
|
|
|
|
return ImMax(current - speed, target);
|
|
|
|
return current;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers: Geometry
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p2,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p3,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p4,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p,
|
|
|
|
int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p1,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p2,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p3,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p4,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p,
|
|
|
|
float tess_tol); // For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& b,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& c,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& p,
|
|
|
|
float& out_u,
|
|
|
|
float& out_v,
|
|
|
|
float& out_w);
|
|
|
|
inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some
|
|
|
|
// branches/patches)
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImVec1
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
float x;
|
|
|
|
ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage)
|
|
|
|
struct ImVec2ih
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
short x, y;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; }
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
x = _x;
|
|
|
|
y = _y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
x = (short)rhs.x;
|
|
|
|
y = (short)rhs.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box)
|
|
|
|
// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here!
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImRect
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {}
|
|
|
|
ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {}
|
|
|
|
ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {}
|
|
|
|
ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); }
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); }
|
|
|
|
float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; }
|
|
|
|
float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; }
|
|
|
|
float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); }
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right
|
|
|
|
bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; }
|
|
|
|
bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Add(const ImVec2& p)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (Min.x > p.x)
|
|
|
|
Min.x = p.x;
|
|
|
|
if (Min.y > p.y)
|
|
|
|
Min.y = p.y;
|
|
|
|
if (Max.x < p.x)
|
|
|
|
Max.x = p.x;
|
|
|
|
if (Max.y < p.y)
|
|
|
|
Max.y = p.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Add(const ImRect& r)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (Min.x > r.Min.x)
|
|
|
|
Min.x = r.Min.x;
|
|
|
|
if (Min.y > r.Min.y)
|
|
|
|
Min.y = r.Min.y;
|
|
|
|
if (Max.x < r.Max.x)
|
|
|
|
Max.x = r.Max.x;
|
|
|
|
if (Max.y < r.Max.y)
|
|
|
|
Max.y = r.Max.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Expand(const float amount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min.x -= amount;
|
|
|
|
Min.y -= amount;
|
|
|
|
Max.x += amount;
|
|
|
|
Max.y += amount;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Expand(const ImVec2& amount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min.x -= amount.x;
|
|
|
|
Min.y -= amount.y;
|
|
|
|
Max.x += amount.x;
|
|
|
|
Max.y += amount.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Translate(const ImVec2& d)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min.x += d.x;
|
|
|
|
Min.y += d.y;
|
|
|
|
Max.x += d.x;
|
|
|
|
Max.y += d.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void TranslateX(float dx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min.x += dx;
|
|
|
|
Max.x += dx;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void TranslateY(float dy)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min.y += dy;
|
|
|
|
Max.y += dy;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void ClipWith(const ImRect& r)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min);
|
|
|
|
Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max);
|
|
|
|
} // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for
|
|
|
|
// display.
|
|
|
|
void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max);
|
|
|
|
Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max);
|
|
|
|
} // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped.
|
|
|
|
void Floor()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x);
|
|
|
|
Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y);
|
|
|
|
Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x);
|
|
|
|
Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
|
|
|
|
ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper: ImBitArray
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31);
|
|
|
|
return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31);
|
|
|
|
arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31);
|
|
|
|
arr[n >> 5] |= mask;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
n2--;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
while (n <= n2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
int a_mod = (n & 31);
|
|
|
|
int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1);
|
|
|
|
arr[n >> 5] |= mask;
|
|
|
|
n = (n + 32) & ~31;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
|
|
|
|
// Store 1-bit per value.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
template <int BITCOUNT>
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImBitArray
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
|
|
|
|
ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); }
|
|
|
|
void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
|
|
|
|
void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
|
|
|
|
bool TestBit(int n) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT);
|
|
|
|
return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void SetBit(int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT);
|
|
|
|
ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void ClearBit(int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT);
|
|
|
|
ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Helper: ImBitVector
|
|
|
|
// Store 1-bit per value.
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImU32> Storage;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
void Create(int sz)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5);
|
|
|
|
memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0]));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Clear() { Storage.clear(); }
|
|
|
|
bool TestBit(int n) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5));
|
|
|
|
return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void SetBit(int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5));
|
|
|
|
ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void ClearBit(int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5));
|
|
|
|
ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Helper: ImSpan<>
|
|
|
|
// Pointing to a span of data we don't own.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImSpan
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
T* Data;
|
|
|
|
T* DataEnd;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Constructors, destructor
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; }
|
|
|
|
inline ImSpan(T* data, int size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Data = data;
|
|
|
|
DataEnd = data + size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Data = data;
|
|
|
|
DataEnd = data_end;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline void set(T* data, int size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Data = data;
|
|
|
|
DataEnd = data + size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void set(T* data, T* data_end)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Data = data;
|
|
|
|
DataEnd = data_end;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); }
|
|
|
|
inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); }
|
|
|
|
inline T& operator[](int i)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
T* p = Data + i;
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd);
|
|
|
|
return *p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const T& operator[](int i) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const T* p = Data + i;
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd);
|
|
|
|
return *p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline T* begin() { return Data; }
|
|
|
|
inline const T* begin() const { return Data; }
|
|
|
|
inline T* end() { return DataEnd; }
|
|
|
|
inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; }
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Utilities
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd);
|
|
|
|
const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data;
|
|
|
|
return (int)off;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<>
|
|
|
|
// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena")
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N
|
|
|
|
// times to retrieve the aligned ranges.
|
|
|
|
template <int CHUNKS>
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImSpanAllocator
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
char* BasePtr;
|
|
|
|
int CurrOff;
|
|
|
|
int CurrIdx;
|
|
|
|
int Offsets[CHUNKS];
|
|
|
|
int Sizes[CHUNKS];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a = 4)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS);
|
|
|
|
CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a);
|
|
|
|
Offsets[n] = CurrOff;
|
|
|
|
Sizes[n] = (int)sz;
|
|
|
|
CurrIdx++;
|
|
|
|
CurrOff += (int)sz;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; }
|
|
|
|
inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; }
|
|
|
|
inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS);
|
|
|
|
return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS);
|
|
|
|
return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan<T>* span)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Helper: ImPool<>
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a
|
|
|
|
// dense/hot buffer, Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as
|
|
|
|
// the associated object.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
typedef int ImPoolIdx;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImPool
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<T> Buf; // Contiguous data
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index
|
|
|
|
ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use
|
|
|
|
ImPoolIdx AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImPool() { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
|
|
|
|
~ImPool() { Clear(); }
|
|
|
|
T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1);
|
|
|
|
return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; }
|
|
|
|
ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size);
|
|
|
|
return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1);
|
|
|
|
if (*p_idx != -1)
|
|
|
|
return &Buf[*p_idx];
|
|
|
|
*p_idx = FreeIdx;
|
|
|
|
return Add();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
|
|
|
|
void Clear()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i;
|
|
|
|
if (idx != -1)
|
|
|
|
Buf[idx].~T();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Map.Clear();
|
|
|
|
Buf.clear();
|
|
|
|
FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
T* Add()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int idx = FreeIdx;
|
|
|
|
if (idx == Buf.Size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1);
|
|
|
|
FreeIdx++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T();
|
|
|
|
AliveCount++;
|
|
|
|
return &Buf[idx];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
|
|
|
|
void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Buf[idx].~T();
|
|
|
|
*(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx;
|
|
|
|
FreeIdx = idx;
|
|
|
|
Map.SetInt(key, -1);
|
|
|
|
AliveCount--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Reserve(int capacity)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Buf.reserve(capacity);
|
|
|
|
Map.Data.reserve(capacity);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... }
|
|
|
|
// Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize()
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
int GetAliveCount() const { return AliveCount; } // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose)
|
|
|
|
int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; }
|
|
|
|
int GetMapSize() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return Map.Data.Size;
|
|
|
|
} // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere
|
|
|
|
T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i;
|
|
|
|
if (idx == -1)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
return GetByIndex(idx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
int GetSize() { return GetMapSize(); } // For ImPlot: should use GetMapSize() from (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18304)
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
|
|
|
|
// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
|
|
|
|
// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<char> Buf;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
void clear() { Buf.clear(); }
|
|
|
|
bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; }
|
|
|
|
int size() const { return Buf.Size; }
|
|
|
|
T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
size_t HDR_SZ = 4;
|
|
|
|
sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u);
|
|
|
|
int off = Buf.Size;
|
|
|
|
Buf.resize(off + (int)sz);
|
|
|
|
((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz;
|
|
|
|
return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
T* begin()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
size_t HDR_SZ = 4;
|
|
|
|
if (!Buf.Data)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
T* next_chunk(T* p)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
size_t HDR_SZ = 4;
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end());
|
|
|
|
p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p));
|
|
|
|
if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ))
|
|
|
|
return (T*)0;
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(p < end());
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
|
|
|
|
T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
|
|
|
|
int offset_from_ptr(const T* p)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end());
|
|
|
|
const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data;
|
|
|
|
return (int)off;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
T* ptr_from_offset(int off)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size);
|
|
|
|
return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void swap(ImChunkStream<T>& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in
|
|
|
|
// https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693 Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation:
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r
|
|
|
|
// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is
|
|
|
|
// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will
|
|
|
|
// will get this result.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce
|
|
|
|
// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.)
|
|
|
|
//
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2)
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD, _MAXERROR) \
|
|
|
|
ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), \
|
|
|
|
IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N, _MAXERROR) \
|
|
|
|
((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))))
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N, _RAD) \
|
|
|
|
((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD))
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table.
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX \
|
|
|
|
IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that
|
|
|
|
// case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas
|
|
|
|
ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
|
|
|
|
float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
|
|
|
|
float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
|
|
|
|
float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
|
|
|
|
ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
|
|
|
|
ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a
|
|
|
|
// per-drawlist basis afterwards)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// [Internal] Lookup tables
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle.
|
|
|
|
float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo()
|
|
|
|
ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to
|
|
|
|
// avoid calculation overhead)
|
|
|
|
const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImDrawListSharedData();
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImDrawDataBuilder
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImDrawList*> Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
void Clear()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++)
|
|
|
|
Layers[n].resize(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void ClearFreeMemory()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++)
|
|
|
|
Layers[n].clear();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int GetDrawListCount() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++)
|
|
|
|
count += Layers[n].Size;
|
|
|
|
return count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer();
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first
|
|
|
|
// Begin(). This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
enum ImGuiItemFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on
|
|
|
|
// io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See
|
|
|
|
// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav =
|
|
|
|
1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus =
|
|
|
|
1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup =
|
|
|
|
1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue =
|
|
|
|
1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values
|
|
|
|
// differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly =
|
|
|
|
1 << 7 // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Flags for ItemAdd()
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME-NAV: _Focusable is _ALMOST_ what you would expect to be called '_TabStop' but because SetKeyboardFocusHere()
|
|
|
|
// works on items with no TabStop we distinguish Focusable from TabStop.
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiItemAddFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable =
|
|
|
|
1 << 0 // FIXME-NAV: In current/legacy scheme, Focusable+TabStop support are opt-in by widgets. We will
|
|
|
|
// transition it toward being opt-out, so this flag is expected to eventually disappear.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Storage for LastItem data
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect =
|
|
|
|
1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can
|
|
|
|
// be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect is valid
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the
|
|
|
|
// bool return value of most widgets)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection =
|
|
|
|
1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only
|
|
|
|
// state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated =
|
|
|
|
1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1
|
|
|
|
<< 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused from code.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 9, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
|
|
|
|
, // [imgui_tests only]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, //
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, //
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, //
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23 //
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// [Internal]
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited =
|
|
|
|
1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28 // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd().
|
|
|
|
// Require bounding-box to strictly match.
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, // return true on click (mouse down event)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 5, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this
|
|
|
|
// is what the majority of Button are using
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere =
|
|
|
|
1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 7, // return true on release (default requires click+release)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 8, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping
|
|
|
|
// another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null
|
|
|
|
// before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine =
|
|
|
|
1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and
|
|
|
|
// handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId =
|
|
|
|
1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20 // enable BeginComboPreview()
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically?
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav =
|
|
|
|
1 << 21, // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and
|
|
|
|
// modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a
|
|
|
|
// BeginSelection() API.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick =
|
|
|
|
1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease =
|
|
|
|
1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth =
|
|
|
|
1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove
|
|
|
|
// this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 25, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This
|
|
|
|
// concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 26, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 27 // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal =
|
|
|
|
1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiTextFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0,
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0,
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip =
|
|
|
|
1 << 0 // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
|
|
|
|
// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiLayoutType_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0,
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiLogType
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLogType_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLogType_TTY,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLogType_File,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLogType_Buffer,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLogType_Clipboard
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiAxis
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiAxis_None = -1,
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiAxis_X = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiAxis_Y = 1
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiPlotType
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPlotType_Histogram
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiInputSource
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_Mouse,
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText()
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiInputReadMode
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode_Down,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode_Released,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw =
|
|
|
|
1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when
|
|
|
|
// NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful for provided for completeness
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId =
|
|
|
|
1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the
|
|
|
|
// move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are
|
|
|
|
// pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only
|
|
|
|
// comprise elements that are already fully visible.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge = 1 << 6
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNavForward
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavForward_None,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNavLayer
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
size_t Size; // Size in bytes
|
|
|
|
const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
|
|
|
|
const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type
|
|
|
|
const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiDataType_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType_ID
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiColorMod
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiCol Col;
|
|
|
|
ImVec4 BackupValue;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable.
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiStyleMod
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx;
|
|
|
|
union
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int BackupInt[2];
|
|
|
|
float BackupFloat[2];
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
VarIdx = idx;
|
|
|
|
BackupInt[0] = v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
VarIdx = idx;
|
|
|
|
BackupFloat[0] = v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
VarIdx = idx;
|
|
|
|
BackupFloat[0] = v.x;
|
|
|
|
BackupFloat[1] = v.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview()
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImRect PreviewRect;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
|
|
|
|
float BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID WindowID;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos;
|
|
|
|
ImVec1 BackupIndent;
|
|
|
|
ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize;
|
|
|
|
float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
|
|
|
|
bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
|
|
|
|
bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive;
|
|
|
|
bool EmitItem;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a
|
|
|
|
// generic helper.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImU32 TotalWidth;
|
|
|
|
ImU32 NextTotalWidth;
|
|
|
|
ImU16 Spacing;
|
|
|
|
ImU16 OffsetIcon; // Always zero for now
|
|
|
|
ImU16 OffsetLabel; // Offsets are locked in Update()
|
|
|
|
ImU16 OffsetShortcut;
|
|
|
|
ImU16 OffsetMark;
|
|
|
|
ImU16 Widths[4]; // Width of: Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark (accumulators for current frame)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
void Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing);
|
|
|
|
float DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark);
|
|
|
|
void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
|
|
|
|
// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState()
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state
|
|
|
|
int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is
|
|
|
|
// valid even if TextA is not.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImWchar> TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the
|
|
|
|
// user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<char> TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every
|
|
|
|
// code-path! size=capacity.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<char> InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
|
|
|
|
bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we
|
|
|
|
// pull the data from user argument)
|
|
|
|
int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity
|
|
|
|
float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset
|
|
|
|
ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h
|
|
|
|
float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately
|
|
|
|
bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
|
|
|
|
bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
|
|
|
|
bool Edited; // edited this frame
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // "
|
|
|
|
void* UserCallbackData; // "
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
void ClearText()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
CurLenW = CurLenA = 0;
|
|
|
|
TextW[0] = 0;
|
|
|
|
TextA[0] = 0;
|
|
|
|
CursorClamp();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void ClearFreeMemory()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TextW.clear();
|
|
|
|
TextA.clear();
|
|
|
|
InitialTextA.clear();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; }
|
|
|
|
int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; }
|
|
|
|
void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Cursor & Selection
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
void CursorAnimReset()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
CursorAnim = -0.30f;
|
|
|
|
} // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
|
|
|
|
void CursorClamp()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW);
|
|
|
|
Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW);
|
|
|
|
Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; }
|
|
|
|
void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; }
|
|
|
|
int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; }
|
|
|
|
int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; }
|
|
|
|
int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; }
|
|
|
|
void SelectAll()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Stb.select_start = 0;
|
|
|
|
Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW;
|
|
|
|
Stb.has_preferred_x = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Storage for current popup stack
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiPopupData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup
|
|
|
|
int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others
|
|
|
|
// (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPopupData()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
|
|
|
|
OpenFrameCount = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiNavItemData
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow*
|
|
|
|
Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID
|
|
|
|
ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
|
|
|
|
float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
|
|
|
|
float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
|
|
|
|
float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); }
|
|
|
|
void Clear()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Window = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ID = FocusScopeId = 0;
|
|
|
|
RectRel = ImRect();
|
|
|
|
DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 8,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 9,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 10
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiNextWindowData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond PosCond;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond SizeCond;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond CollapsedCond;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond DockCond;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 PosVal;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 PosPivotVal;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 SizeVal;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ContentSizeVal;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ScrollVal;
|
|
|
|
bool PosUndock;
|
|
|
|
bool CollapsedVal;
|
|
|
|
ImRect SizeConstraintRect;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback;
|
|
|
|
void* SizeCallbackUserData;
|
|
|
|
float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ViewportId;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DockId;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a
|
|
|
|
// corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiNextItemData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags;
|
|
|
|
float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate
|
|
|
|
// version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too
|
|
|
|
// early. This is mostly used for debugging)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond OpenCond;
|
|
|
|
bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// Status storage for the last submitted item
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiLastItemData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // See ImGuiItemFlags_
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
|
|
|
|
ImRect Rect;
|
|
|
|
ImRect DisplayRect;
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiWindowStackData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* Window;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup;
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
int Index;
|
|
|
|
float Width;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in
|
|
|
|
// a pool.
|
|
|
|
int Index; // Usually index in a main pool.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
|
Index = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Index = index;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Columns support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays!
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize =
|
|
|
|
1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting
|
|
|
|
// the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Obsolete names (will be removed)
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiOldColumnData
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
|
|
|
|
float OffsetNormBeforeResize;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed
|
|
|
|
ImRect ClipRect;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiOldColumns
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool IsFirstFrame;
|
|
|
|
bool IsBeingResized;
|
|
|
|
int Current;
|
|
|
|
int Count;
|
|
|
|
float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x
|
|
|
|
float LineMinY, LineMaxY;
|
|
|
|
float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns()
|
|
|
|
float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns()
|
|
|
|
ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
|
|
|
|
ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground()
|
|
|
|
ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiOldColumnData> Columns;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImDrawListSplitter Splitter;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Multi-select support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// <this is filled in 'range_select' branch>
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Docking support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiDockNodeFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// [Internal]
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace =
|
|
|
|
1 << 10, // Local, Saved // A dockspace is a node that occupy space within an existing user window. Otherwise
|
|
|
|
// the node is floating and create its own window.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode = 1 << 11, // Local, Saved // The central node has 2 main properties: stay visible
|
|
|
|
// when empty, only use "remaining" spaces from its neighbor.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar =
|
|
|
|
1 << 12, // Local, Saved // Tab bar is completely unavailable. No triangle in the corner to enable it back.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar =
|
|
|
|
1 << 13, // Local, Saved // Tab bar is hidden, with a triangle in the corner to show it again (NB: actual
|
|
|
|
// tab-bar instance may be destroyed as this is only used for single-window tab bar)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton =
|
|
|
|
1 << 14, // Local, Saved // Disable window/docking menu (that one that appears instead of the collapse button)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 15, // Local, Saved //
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking =
|
|
|
|
1 << 16, // Local, Saved // Disable any form of docking in this dockspace or individual node. (On a whole
|
|
|
|
// dockspace, this pretty much defeat the purpose of using a dockspace at all). Note: when turned on,
|
|
|
|
// existing docked nodes will be preserved.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe =
|
|
|
|
1 << 17, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node from splitting this node.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther =
|
|
|
|
1 << 18, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node from splitting another window/node.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe =
|
|
|
|
1 << 19, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node to be docked over this node.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther =
|
|
|
|
1 << 20, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over another window or non-empty node.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty = 1 << 21, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over an empty
|
|
|
|
// node (e.g. DockSpace with no other windows)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX = 1 << 22, // [EXPERIMENTAL]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY = 1 << 23, // [EXPERIMENTAL]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_ = ~0,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ =
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_ =
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace, // When splitting those flags are moved to
|
|
|
|
// the inheriting child, never duplicated
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton |
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Store the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiDataAuthority_
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataAuthority_Window
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiDockNodeState
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// sizeof() 156~192
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags
|
|
|
|
SharedFlags; // (Write) Flags shared by all nodes of a same dockspace hierarchy (inherited from the root node)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags LocalFlags; // (Write) Flags specific to this node
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags LocalFlagsInWindows; // (Write) Flags specific to this node, applied from windows
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeFlags
|
|
|
|
MergedFlags; // (Read) Effective flags (== SharedFlags | LocalFlagsInNode | LocalFlagsInWindows)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNodeState State;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* ParentNode;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode*
|
|
|
|
ChildNodes[2]; // [Split node only] Child nodes (left/right or top/bottom). Consider switching to an array.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> Windows; // Note: unordered list! Iterate TabBar->Tabs for user-order.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBar* TabBar;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 Pos; // Current position
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 Size; // Current size
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 SizeRef; // [Split node only] Last explicitly written-to size (overridden when using a splitter affecting
|
|
|
|
// the node), used to calculate Size.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiAxis SplitAxis; // [Split node only] Split axis (X or Y)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass; // [Root node only]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* HostWindow;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* VisibleWindow; // Generally point to window which is ID is == SelectedTabID, but when CTRL+Tabbing
|
|
|
|
// this can be a different window.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* CentralNode; // [Root node only] Pointer to central node.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode*
|
|
|
|
OnlyNodeWithWindows; // [Root node only] Set when there is a single visible node within the hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameAlive; // Last frame number the node was updated or kept alive explicitly with DockSpace() +
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the node was updated.
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameFocused; // Last frame number the node was focused.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID LastFocusedNodeId; // [Root node only] Which of our child docking node (any ancestor in the hierarchy) was
|
|
|
|
// last focused.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // [Leaf node only] Which of our tab/window is selected.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID WantCloseTabId; // [Leaf node only] Set when closing a specific tab/window.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForPos : 3;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForSize : 3;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForViewport : 3;
|
|
|
|
bool IsVisible : 1; // Set to false when the node is hidden (usually disabled as it has no active window)
|
|
|
|
bool IsFocused : 1;
|
|
|
|
bool HasCloseButton : 1; // Provide space for a close button (if any of the docked window has one). Note that
|
|
|
|
// button may be hidden on window without one.
|
|
|
|
bool HasWindowMenuButton : 1;
|
|
|
|
bool WantCloseAll : 1; // Set when closing all tabs at once.
|
|
|
|
bool WantLockSizeOnce : 1;
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
WantMouseMove : 1; // After a node extraction we need to transition toward moving the newly created host window
|
|
|
|
bool WantHiddenTabBarUpdate : 1;
|
|
|
|
bool WantHiddenTabBarToggle : 1;
|
|
|
|
bool MarkedForPosSizeWrite : 1; // Update by DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize() write-filtering
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
~ImGuiDockNode();
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool IsRootNode() const { return ParentNode == NULL; }
|
|
|
|
bool IsDockSpace() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) != 0; }
|
|
|
|
bool IsFloatingNode() const { return ParentNode == NULL && (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0; }
|
|
|
|
bool IsCentralNode() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode) != 0; }
|
|
|
|
bool IsHiddenTabBar() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar) != 0;
|
|
|
|
} // Hidden tab bar can be shown back by clicking the small triangle
|
|
|
|
bool IsNoTabBar() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar) != 0; } // Never show a tab bar
|
|
|
|
bool IsSplitNode() const { return ChildNodes[0] != NULL; }
|
|
|
|
bool IsLeafNode() const { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL; }
|
|
|
|
bool IsEmpty() const { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL && Windows.Size == 0; }
|
|
|
|
ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LocalFlags = flags;
|
|
|
|
UpdateMergedFlags();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void UpdateMergedFlags() { MergedFlags = SharedFlags | LocalFlags | LocalFlagsInWindows; }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// List of colors that are stored at the time of Begin() into Docked Windows.
|
|
|
|
// We currently store the packed colors in a simple array window->DockStyle.Colors[].
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// A better solution may involve appending into a log of colors in ImGuiContext + store offsets into those arrays in
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiWindow, but it would be more complex as we'd need to double-buffer both as e.g. drop target may refer to window
|
|
|
|
// from last frame.
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
enum ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Tab,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabHovered,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocused,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocusedActive,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImU32 Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT];
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiDockContext
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiStorage Nodes; // Map ID -> ImGuiDockNode*: Active nodes
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiDockRequest> Requests;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiDockNodeSettings> NodesSettings;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool WantFullRebuild;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockContext() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Viewport support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!)
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
int Idx;
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number this viewport was activated by a window
|
|
|
|
int LastFrontMostStampCount; // Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was made front-most
|
|
|
|
// (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID LastNameHash;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 LastPos;
|
|
|
|
float Alpha; // Window opacity (when dragging dockable windows/viewports we make them transparent)
|
|
|
|
float LastAlpha;
|
|
|
|
short PlatformMonitor;
|
|
|
|
bool PlatformWindowCreated;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow*
|
|
|
|
Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set)
|
|
|
|
int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used
|
|
|
|
ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software
|
|
|
|
// mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays.
|
|
|
|
ImDrawData DrawDataP;
|
|
|
|
ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 LastPlatformPos;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 LastPlatformSize;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 LastRendererSize;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or
|
|
|
|
// (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so
|
|
|
|
// WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or
|
|
|
|
// (0,-status_bar_height).
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Idx = -1;
|
|
|
|
LastFrameActive = DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFrontMostStampCount = -1;
|
|
|
|
LastNameHash = 0;
|
|
|
|
Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f;
|
|
|
|
PlatformMonitor = -1;
|
|
|
|
PlatformWindowCreated = false;
|
|
|
|
Window = NULL;
|
|
|
|
DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
~ImGuiViewportP()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (DrawLists[0])
|
|
|
|
IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]);
|
|
|
|
if (DrawLists[1])
|
|
|
|
IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void ClearRequestFlags() { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame
|
|
|
|
// data, and 1 pair for currently building rect)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); }
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void UpdateWorkRect()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin);
|
|
|
|
WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax);
|
|
|
|
} // Update public fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the
|
|
|
|
// code asymmetry)
|
|
|
|
ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
|
|
|
|
ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); }
|
|
|
|
ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin);
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax);
|
|
|
|
return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Settings support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file
|
|
|
|
// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily.
|
|
|
|
// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure)
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiWindowSettings
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih
|
|
|
|
Pos; // NB: Settings position are stored RELATIVE to the viewport! Whereas runtime ones are absolute positions.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih Size;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih ViewportPos;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ViewportId;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DockId; // ID of last known DockNode (even if the DockNode is invisible because it has only 1 active
|
|
|
|
// window), or 0 if none.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ClassId; // ID of window class if specified
|
|
|
|
short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder
|
|
|
|
// windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and
|
|
|
|
// windows that were none are possible.
|
|
|
|
bool Collapsed;
|
|
|
|
bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running
|
|
|
|
// context)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowSettings()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
|
|
|
|
DockOrder = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); }
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName)
|
|
|
|
void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data
|
|
|
|
void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order)
|
|
|
|
void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler,
|
|
|
|
const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
|
|
|
|
void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler,
|
|
|
|
void* entry,
|
|
|
|
const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
|
|
|
|
void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order)
|
|
|
|
void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
|
|
|
|
void* UserData;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiMetricsConfig
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool ShowWindowsRects;
|
|
|
|
bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder;
|
|
|
|
bool ShowTablesRects;
|
|
|
|
bool ShowDrawCmdMesh;
|
|
|
|
bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes;
|
|
|
|
bool ShowDockingNodes;
|
|
|
|
int ShowWindowsRectsType;
|
|
|
|
int ShowTablesRectsType;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiMetricsConfig()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ShowWindowsRects = false;
|
|
|
|
ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false;
|
|
|
|
ShowTablesRects = false;
|
|
|
|
ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ShowDockingNodes = false;
|
|
|
|
ShowWindowsRectsType = -1;
|
|
|
|
ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
short SizeOfIDStack;
|
|
|
|
short SizeOfColorStack;
|
|
|
|
short SizeOfStyleVarStack;
|
|
|
|
short SizeOfFontStack;
|
|
|
|
short SizeOfFocusScopeStack;
|
|
|
|
short SizeOfGroupStack;
|
|
|
|
short SizeOfBeginPopupStack;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
void SetToCurrentState();
|
|
|
|
void CompareWithCurrentState();
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook);
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
enum ImGuiContextHookType
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_
|
|
|
|
};
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiContextHook
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookType Type;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID Owner;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback;
|
|
|
|
void* UserData;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiContextHook() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context)
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiContext
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Initialized;
|
|
|
|
bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiIO IO;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPlatformIO PlatformIO;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStyle Style;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsCurrFrame; // = g.IO.ConfigFlags at the time of NewFrame()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsLastFrame;
|
|
|
|
ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
|
|
|
|
float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height
|
|
|
|
// for current window.
|
|
|
|
float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
|
|
|
|
ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData;
|
|
|
|
double Time;
|
|
|
|
int FrameCount;
|
|
|
|
int FrameCountEnded;
|
|
|
|
int FrameCountPlatformEnded;
|
|
|
|
int FrameCountRendered;
|
|
|
|
bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()
|
|
|
|
bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window
|
|
|
|
// has been pushed
|
|
|
|
bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild()
|
|
|
|
bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC
|
|
|
|
bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(),
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID TestEngineHookIdInfo; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo() from GetID()
|
|
|
|
void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Windows state
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents
|
|
|
|
// are kept before their child
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
|
|
|
|
int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window
|
|
|
|
// == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow*
|
|
|
|
HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* HoveredDockNode; // Hovered dock node.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that
|
|
|
|
// is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has
|
|
|
|
// moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of
|
|
|
|
// scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos;
|
|
|
|
float WheelingWindowTimer;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Item/widgets state and tracking information
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
|
|
|
|
bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
|
|
|
|
bool HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window.
|
|
|
|
bool HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel;
|
|
|
|
bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or
|
|
|
|
// popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
|
|
|
|
float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time
|
|
|
|
float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change
|
|
|
|
// within the frame)
|
|
|
|
float ActiveIdTimer;
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping
|
|
|
|
// widgets, but not always)
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss; // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused.
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between
|
|
|
|
// PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select
|
|
|
|
// branch.
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active
|
|
|
|
// state.
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying
|
|
|
|
// window.
|
|
|
|
ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a
|
|
|
|
// button and move away from it)
|
|
|
|
ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs.
|
|
|
|
ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey
|
|
|
|
// enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first,
|
|
|
|
// either redesign this into e.g. a small array.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by
|
|
|
|
// ButtonBehavior)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard)
|
|
|
|
int ActiveIdMouseButton;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
|
|
|
|
bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
|
|
|
|
float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for
|
|
|
|
// animation.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Next window/item data
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Shared stacks
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiColorMod> ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin()
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod> StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin()
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImFont*> FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin()
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiID>
|
|
|
|
FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - not inherited by Begin(), unless child window
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiItemFlags> ItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin()
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiGroupData> GroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin()
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiPopupData> OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent)
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiPopupData> BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Viewports
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> Viewports; // Active viewports (always 1+, and generally 1 unless multi-viewports are
|
|
|
|
// enabled). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData.
|
|
|
|
float CurrentDpiScale; // == CurrentViewport->DpiScale
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP* CurrentViewport; // We track changes of viewport (happening in Begin) so we can call
|
|
|
|
// Platform_OnChangedViewport()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP* MouseViewport;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP* MouseLastHoveredViewport; // Last known viewport that was hovered by mouse (even if we are not
|
|
|
|
// hovering any viewport any more) + honoring the _NoInputs flag.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID PlatformLastFocusedViewportId;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPlatformMonitor
|
|
|
|
FallbackMonitor; // Virtual monitor used as fallback if backend doesn't provide monitor information.
|
|
|
|
int ViewportFrontMostStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an
|
|
|
|
// incrementing counter
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Gamepad/keyboard Navigation
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow'
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when
|
|
|
|
// landing on an item of the selection set)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set
|
|
|
|
// when calling ActivateItem()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavJustTabbedId; // Just tabbed to this id.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID
|
|
|
|
NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
|
|
|
|
ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard.
|
|
|
|
ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for
|
|
|
|
// directional navigation scoring.
|
|
|
|
int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and
|
|
|
|
// 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later.
|
|
|
|
int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing
|
|
|
|
bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid
|
|
|
|
bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags &
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are
|
|
|
|
// still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover)
|
|
|
|
bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse
|
|
|
|
// is touched again.
|
|
|
|
bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest
|
|
|
|
bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item
|
|
|
|
bool NavInitRequestFromMove;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus()
|
|
|
|
// was called)
|
|
|
|
ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window)
|
|
|
|
bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling
|
|
|
|
// parent menus from a child menu)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveRequestKeyMods;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir NavMoveDir,
|
|
|
|
NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename?
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly
|
|
|
|
// visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when
|
|
|
|
// using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* NavWrapRequestWindow; // Window which requested trying nav wrap-around.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavWrapRequestFlags; // Wrap-around operation flags.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize)
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window
|
|
|
|
// is temporarily displayed top-most!
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and
|
|
|
|
// NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents
|
|
|
|
float NavWindowingTimer;
|
|
|
|
float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha;
|
|
|
|
bool NavWindowingToggleLayer;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a
|
|
|
|
// redesign!)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestCurrWindow; //
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestNextWindow; //
|
|
|
|
int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to
|
|
|
|
// be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch)
|
|
|
|
int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index
|
|
|
|
int TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame
|
|
|
|
int TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // "
|
|
|
|
bool TabFocusPressed; // Set in NewFrame() when user pressed Tab
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Render
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Drag and Drop
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool DragDropActive;
|
|
|
|
bool DragDropWithinSource; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source.
|
|
|
|
bool DragDropWithinTarget; // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags;
|
|
|
|
int DragDropSourceFrameCount;
|
|
|
|
int DragDropMouseButton;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload;
|
|
|
|
ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DragDropTargetId;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags;
|
|
|
|
float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the
|
|
|
|
// smaller surface)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping
|
|
|
|
// drag and drop targets)
|
|
|
|
int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DragDropHoldJustPressedId; // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<unsigned char>
|
|
|
|
DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size
|
|
|
|
unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Table
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTable* CurrentTable;
|
|
|
|
int CurrentTableStackIdx;
|
|
|
|
ImPool<ImGuiTable> Tables;
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiTableTempData> TablesTempDataStack;
|
|
|
|
ImVector<float> TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC)
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImDrawChannel> DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Tab bars
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar;
|
|
|
|
ImPool<ImGuiTabBar> TabBars;
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex> CurrentTabBarStack;
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiShrinkWidthItem> ShrinkWidthBuffer;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Widget state
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec2 LastValidMousePos;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState;
|
|
|
|
ImFont InputTextPasswordFont;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets
|
|
|
|
float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV
|
|
|
|
// round trips
|
|
|
|
float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in
|
|
|
|
// lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
|
|
|
|
float ColorEditLastColor[3];
|
|
|
|
ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData;
|
|
|
|
float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
|
|
|
|
bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
|
|
|
|
bool DragCurrentAccumDirty;
|
|
|
|
float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user
|
|
|
|
// precision settings
|
|
|
|
float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
|
|
|
|
float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
|
|
|
|
float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent
|
|
|
|
// space. Use storage?
|
|
|
|
int TooltipOverrideCount;
|
|
|
|
float TooltipSlowDelay; // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip
|
|
|
|
// timer+priority work)
|
|
|
|
ImVector<char> ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiID> MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Platform support
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP* PlatformImePosViewport;
|
|
|
|
char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extensions
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: We could provide an API to register one slot in an array held in ImGuiContext?
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiDockContext DockContext;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Settings
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool SettingsLoaded;
|
|
|
|
float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler> SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers
|
|
|
|
ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings> SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries
|
|
|
|
ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiContextHook> Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Capture/Logging
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target
|
|
|
|
ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static
|
|
|
|
// constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
|
|
|
|
const char* LogNextPrefix;
|
|
|
|
const char* LogNextSuffix;
|
|
|
|
float LogLinePosY;
|
|
|
|
bool LogLineFirstItem;
|
|
|
|
int LogDepthRef;
|
|
|
|
int LogDepthToExpand;
|
|
|
|
int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function
|
|
|
|
// call.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Debug Tools
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker())
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id
|
|
|
|
ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Misc
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds.
|
|
|
|
int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx;
|
|
|
|
int FramerateSecPerFrameCount;
|
|
|
|
float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum;
|
|
|
|
int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those
|
|
|
|
// flags
|
|
|
|
int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame;
|
|
|
|
int WantTextInputNextFrame;
|
|
|
|
char TempBuffer[1024 * 3 + 1]; // Temporary text buffer
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
Initialized = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = ConfigFlagsLastFrame = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
|
|
|
|
Font = NULL;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
|
|
|
|
Time = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
FrameCount = 0;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
FrameCountEnded = FrameCountPlatformEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1;
|
|
|
|
WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
GcCompactAll = false;
|
|
|
|
TestEngineHookItems = false;
|
|
|
|
TestEngineHookIdInfo = 0;
|
|
|
|
TestEngine = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WindowsActiveCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
CurrentWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
HoveredWindow = NULL;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
HoveredDockNode = NULL;
|
|
|
|
MovingWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
WheelingWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
HoveredIdDisabled = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ActiveId = 0;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1);
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
|
|
|
|
ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
LastActiveId = 0;
|
|
|
|
LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-08-23 17:49:38 +08:00
|
|
|
CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
CurrentViewport = NULL;
|
|
|
|
MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = 0;
|
|
|
|
ViewportFrontMostStampCount = 0;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NavWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0;
|
|
|
|
NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None;
|
|
|
|
NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
|
|
|
|
NavScoringRect = ImRect();
|
|
|
|
NavScoringCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
|
|
|
|
NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX;
|
|
|
|
NavIdIsAlive = false;
|
|
|
|
NavMousePosDirty = false;
|
|
|
|
NavDisableHighlight = true;
|
|
|
|
NavDisableMouseHover = false;
|
|
|
|
NavAnyRequest = false;
|
|
|
|
NavInitRequest = false;
|
|
|
|
NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
|
|
|
|
NavInitResultId = 0;
|
|
|
|
NavMoveRequest = false;
|
|
|
|
NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
|
|
|
|
NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None;
|
|
|
|
NavMoveRequestKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
|
|
|
|
TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
TabFocusPressed = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
DimBgRatio = 0.0f;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
|
|
|
|
DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1;
|
|
|
|
DragDropMouseButton = -1;
|
|
|
|
DragDropTargetId = 0;
|
|
|
|
DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
|
|
|
|
DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
|
|
|
|
DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
CurrentTable = NULL;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
CurrentTableStackIdx = -1;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
CurrentTabBar = NULL;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
TempInputId = 0;
|
|
|
|
ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
|
|
|
|
DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
|
|
|
|
DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
|
|
|
|
DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
PlatformImePosViewport = 0;
|
|
|
|
PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.';
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
SettingsLoaded = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
HookIdNext = 0;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
LogEnabled = false;
|
|
|
|
LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
LogFile = NULL;
|
|
|
|
LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
|
|
|
|
LogLineFirstItem = false;
|
|
|
|
LogDepthRef = 0;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
DebugItemPickerActive = false;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame));
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
|
|
|
|
memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC
|
|
|
|
// variable name in ImGuiWindow. (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..) (This doesn't need a constructor because we
|
|
|
|
// zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Layout
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling
|
|
|
|
// range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 IdealMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for
|
|
|
|
// auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 CurrLineSize;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 PrevLineSize;
|
|
|
|
float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y
|
|
|
|
// when a framed item has been added).
|
|
|
|
float PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
|
|
|
|
ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
|
|
|
|
ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be
|
|
|
|
// a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
|
|
|
|
ImVec1 GroupOffset;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
|
|
|
|
short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
|
|
|
|
short NavLayersActiveMaskNext; // Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending
|
|
|
|
bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
|
|
|
|
bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Miscellaneous
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we
|
|
|
|
// switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when
|
|
|
|
// (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement
|
|
|
|
int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth.
|
|
|
|
ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a
|
|
|
|
// ImU64 if necessary.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> ChildWindows;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set
|
|
|
|
int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
|
|
|
|
int FocusCounterRegular; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned
|
|
|
|
// via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign)
|
|
|
|
int FocusCounterTabStop; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Local parameters stacks
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The
|
|
|
|
// vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using
|
|
|
|
// those settings.
|
|
|
|
float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window).
|
|
|
|
float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos.
|
|
|
|
ImVector<float> ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth)
|
|
|
|
ImVector<float> TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Storage for one window
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowFlags Flags, FlagsPreviousFrame; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass; // Advanced users only. Set with SetNextWindowClass()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(), only inactive windows may have a NULL value here
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ViewportId; // We backup the viewport id (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the
|
|
|
|
// window is inactive)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ViewportPos; // We backup the viewport position (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the
|
|
|
|
// window is inactive)
|
|
|
|
int ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; // Reset to -1 every frame (index is guaranteed to be valid between
|
|
|
|
// NewFrame..EndFrame), only used in the Appearing frame of a tooltip/popup
|
|
|
|
// to enforce clamping to a given monitor
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor)
|
|
|
|
// from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ContentSizeIdeal;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via
|
|
|
|
// SetNextWindowContentSize().
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin().
|
|
|
|
float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts
|
|
|
|
// with title bar, menu bar etc.
|
|
|
|
float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin().
|
|
|
|
int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent
|
|
|
|
// window)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 Scroll;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ScrollMax;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the
|
|
|
|
// highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target
|
|
|
|
// position is centered
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist; // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x ==
|
|
|
|
// width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar.
|
|
|
|
bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible?
|
|
|
|
bool ViewportOwned;
|
|
|
|
bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed
|
|
|
|
bool WasActive;
|
|
|
|
bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window
|
|
|
|
bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar
|
|
|
|
bool WantCollapseToggle;
|
|
|
|
bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed)
|
|
|
|
bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
|
|
|
|
bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0)
|
|
|
|
bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window.
|
|
|
|
bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
|
|
|
|
signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
|
|
|
|
short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple
|
|
|
|
// Begin/End pairs)
|
|
|
|
short
|
|
|
|
BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
|
|
|
|
short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging
|
|
|
|
// submission order related issues.
|
|
|
|
short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID
|
|
|
|
// for recycling)
|
|
|
|
ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
|
|
|
|
ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises;
|
|
|
|
bool AutoFitOnlyGrows;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection;
|
|
|
|
ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames
|
|
|
|
ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can
|
|
|
|
// measure their size
|
|
|
|
ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only
|
|
|
|
ImS8 DisableInputsFrames; // Disable window interactions for N frames
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiCond SetWindowDockAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowDock() use.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed
|
|
|
|
// when we know the window size)
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left
|
|
|
|
// corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiID> IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory
|
|
|
|
// this should be in the TempData structure)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called
|
|
|
|
// ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles'
|
|
|
|
// viewer. The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect().
|
|
|
|
ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
|
|
|
|
ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar)
|
|
|
|
ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent
|
|
|
|
// clip rect.
|
|
|
|
ImRect WorkRect; // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when
|
|
|
|
// active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect
|
|
|
|
// over time (from 1.71+ onward).
|
|
|
|
ImRect ParentWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g.
|
|
|
|
// SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for
|
|
|
|
// maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack?
|
|
|
|
ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. ==
|
|
|
|
// DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back().
|
|
|
|
ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not
|
|
|
|
// handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing
|
|
|
|
// operation need some size to rely on.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih HitTestHoleSize; // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window.
|
|
|
|
ImVec2ih HitTestHoleOffset;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active.
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameJustFocused; // Last frame number the window was made Focused.
|
|
|
|
float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there)
|
|
|
|
float ItemWidthDefault;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiStorage StateStorage;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiOldColumns> ColumnsStorage;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale()
|
|
|
|
float FontDpiScale;
|
|
|
|
int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the
|
|
|
|
// back)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we
|
|
|
|
// keep this a pointer)
|
|
|
|
ImDrawList DrawListInst;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow*
|
|
|
|
RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through dock nodes.
|
|
|
|
// We use this so IsWindowFocused() can behave consistently regardless of docking state.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow*
|
|
|
|
RootWindowDockTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through dock nodes.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive
|
|
|
|
// color when this window is active.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This
|
|
|
|
// could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused
|
|
|
|
// including child window.)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1)
|
|
|
|
ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and
|
|
|
|
// avoid iterative alloc/copy
|
|
|
|
int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity;
|
|
|
|
bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Docking
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool DockIsActive : 1; // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to
|
|
|
|
// be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1).
|
|
|
|
bool DockNodeIsVisible : 1;
|
|
|
|
bool DockTabIsVisible : 1; // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected?
|
|
|
|
bool DockTabWantClose : 1;
|
|
|
|
short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder
|
|
|
|
// windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and
|
|
|
|
// windows that were none are possible.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowDockStyle DockStyle;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* DockNode; // Which node are we docked into. Important: Prefer testing DockIsActive in many cases as
|
|
|
|
// this will still be set when the dock node is hidden.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeAsHost; // Which node are we owning (for parent windows)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID DockId; // Backup of last valid DockNode->ID, so single window remember their dock node id even when they
|
|
|
|
// are not bound any more
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags DockTabItemStatusFlags;
|
|
|
|
ImRect DockTabItemRect;
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name);
|
|
|
|
~ImGuiWindow();
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr);
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetID(int n);
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr);
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n);
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
|
|
|
|
float CalcFontSize() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale;
|
|
|
|
if (ParentWindow)
|
|
|
|
scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale;
|
|
|
|
return scale;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float TitleBarHeight() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
|
|
|
|
float MenuBarHeight() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f
|
|
|
|
: 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImRect MenuBarRect() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight();
|
|
|
|
return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it
|
|
|
|
// facilitate branch syncing to keep this around]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the
|
|
|
|
// tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_
|
|
|
|
enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next
|
|
|
|
// frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted = 1 << 22, // [Docking] Trailing tabs with the _Unsorted flag will be sorted based on
|
|
|
|
// the DockOrder of their Window.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview = 1 << 23 // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly
|
|
|
|
// to compensate for the yet missing tab bar)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 48 bytes)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTabItem
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags Flags;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* Window; // When TabItem is part of a DockNode's TabBar, we hold on to a window.
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameVisible;
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little
|
|
|
|
// maintenance
|
|
|
|
float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab
|
|
|
|
float Width; // Width currently displayed
|
|
|
|
float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call
|
|
|
|
ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
|
|
|
|
ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
|
|
|
|
ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout()
|
|
|
|
bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItem()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
|
|
|
|
LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1;
|
|
|
|
NameOffset = -1;
|
|
|
|
BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes)
|
|
|
|
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiTabItem> Tabs;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview)
|
|
|
|
int CurrFrameVisible;
|
|
|
|
int PrevFrameVisible;
|
|
|
|
ImRect BarRect;
|
|
|
|
float CurrTabsContentsHeight;
|
|
|
|
float PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar
|
|
|
|
float WidthAllTabs; // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout)
|
|
|
|
float WidthAllTabsIdeal; // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped
|
|
|
|
float ScrollingAnim;
|
|
|
|
float ScrollingTarget;
|
|
|
|
float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility;
|
|
|
|
float ScrollingSpeed;
|
|
|
|
float ScrollingRectMinX;
|
|
|
|
float ScrollingRectMaxX;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId;
|
|
|
|
ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset;
|
|
|
|
ImS8 BeginCount;
|
|
|
|
bool WantLayout;
|
|
|
|
bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
|
|
|
|
bool TabsAddedNew; // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame
|
|
|
|
ImS16 TabsActiveCount; // Number of tabs submitted this frame.
|
|
|
|
ImS16 LastTabItemIdx; // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem()
|
|
|
|
float ItemSpacingY;
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar()
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer.
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabBar();
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
|
|
|
|
const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (tab->Window)
|
|
|
|
return tab->Window->Name;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Table support
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS \
|
|
|
|
64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64.
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels()
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future.
|
|
|
|
typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
|
|
|
|
typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104
|
|
|
|
// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api.
|
|
|
|
// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping.
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean
|
|
|
|
// "not clipped".
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableColumn
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnFlags
|
|
|
|
Flags; // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
|
|
|
|
float WidthGiven; // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be >
|
|
|
|
// WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in
|
|
|
|
// tight space.
|
|
|
|
float MinX; // Absolute positions
|
|
|
|
float MaxX;
|
|
|
|
float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived
|
|
|
|
// every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout()
|
|
|
|
float WidthAuto; // Automatic width
|
|
|
|
float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially.
|
|
|
|
float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without
|
|
|
|
// padding_).
|
|
|
|
ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID UserID; // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn()
|
|
|
|
float WorkMinX; // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when
|
|
|
|
// entering column
|
|
|
|
float WorkMaxX; // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2)
|
|
|
|
float ItemWidth; // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows
|
|
|
|
float ContentMaxXFrozen; // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer
|
|
|
|
// content width.
|
|
|
|
float ContentMaxXUnfrozen;
|
|
|
|
float ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader()
|
|
|
|
// automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating
|
|
|
|
// extraneous draw calls
|
|
|
|
float ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal;
|
|
|
|
ImS16 NameOffset; // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx IndexWithinEnabledSet; // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx
|
|
|
|
PrevEnabledColumn; // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx
|
|
|
|
NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for
|
|
|
|
// single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; // Draw channels for unfrozen rows
|
|
|
|
bool IsEnabled; // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0
|
|
|
|
bool IsUserEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by
|
|
|
|
// scrolling).
|
|
|
|
bool IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
|
|
|
|
bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled).
|
|
|
|
bool IsVisibleY;
|
|
|
|
bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to
|
|
|
|
// output contents or not.
|
|
|
|
bool IsSkipItems; // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen).
|
|
|
|
bool IsPreserveWidthAuto;
|
|
|
|
ImS8 NavLayerCurrent; // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte
|
|
|
|
ImU8 AutoFitQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit
|
|
|
|
ImU8 CannotSkipItemsQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem
|
|
|
|
ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
|
|
|
|
ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3)
|
|
|
|
ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each)
|
|
|
|
ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each)
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumn()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
|
|
|
|
StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
NameOffset = -1;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
|
|
|
|
PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
SortOrder = -1;
|
|
|
|
SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Transient cell data stored per row.
|
|
|
|
// sizeof() ~ 6
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableCellData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming
|
|
|
|
// RowData
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTable
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableFlags Flags;
|
|
|
|
void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[]
|
|
|
|
ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn> Columns; // Point within RawData[]
|
|
|
|
ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when
|
|
|
|
// not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
|
|
|
|
ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData> RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
|
|
|
|
ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
|
|
|
|
ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for
|
|
|
|
// iterating column without touching cold data
|
|
|
|
ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by
|
|
|
|
// scrolling/cliprect)
|
|
|
|
ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered
|
|
|
|
// we won't save order)
|
|
|
|
int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables
|
|
|
|
int LastFrameActive;
|
|
|
|
int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
int CurrentRow;
|
|
|
|
int CurrentColumn;
|
|
|
|
ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a
|
|
|
|
// little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are
|
|
|
|
// multiple tables, they are just synched.
|
|
|
|
ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with
|
|
|
|
float RowPosY1;
|
|
|
|
float RowPosY2;
|
|
|
|
float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow()
|
|
|
|
float RowTextBaseline;
|
|
|
|
float RowIndentOffsetX;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableRowFlags LastRowFlags : 16;
|
|
|
|
int RowBgColorCounter; // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not
|
|
|
|
// same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this.
|
|
|
|
ImU32 RowBgColor[2]; // Background color override for current row.
|
|
|
|
ImU32 BorderColorStrong;
|
|
|
|
ImU32 BorderColorLight;
|
|
|
|
float BorderX1;
|
|
|
|
float BorderX2;
|
|
|
|
float HostIndentX;
|
|
|
|
float MinColumnWidth;
|
|
|
|
float OuterPaddingX;
|
|
|
|
float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders
|
|
|
|
float CellPaddingY;
|
|
|
|
float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells
|
|
|
|
float CellSpacingX2;
|
|
|
|
float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame
|
|
|
|
float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame
|
|
|
|
float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details.
|
|
|
|
float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width
|
|
|
|
float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and
|
|
|
|
// content width submission in outer window
|
|
|
|
float ResizedColumnNextWidth;
|
|
|
|
float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback
|
|
|
|
// loops. But we allow growing the table.
|
|
|
|
float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
|
|
|
|
ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a
|
|
|
|
// height has been specified in BeginTable().
|
|
|
|
ImRect
|
|
|
|
InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is
|
|
|
|
ImRect WorkRect;
|
|
|
|
ImRect InnerClipRect;
|
|
|
|
ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill
|
|
|
|
ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be ==
|
|
|
|
// OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped
|
|
|
|
ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit,
|
|
|
|
// because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect.
|
|
|
|
ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current
|
|
|
|
// draw call of the current window.
|
|
|
|
ImRect
|
|
|
|
HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
|
|
|
|
ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per
|
|
|
|
// columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle;
|
|
|
|
ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: ==
|
|
|
|
// ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing).
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx
|
|
|
|
ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx
|
|
|
|
FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsRequest; // Requested frozen columns count
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx
|
|
|
|
FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after
|
|
|
|
// the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
|
|
|
|
bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row.
|
|
|
|
bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow().
|
|
|
|
bool IsInitializing;
|
|
|
|
bool IsSortSpecsDirty;
|
|
|
|
bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag.
|
|
|
|
bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn,
|
|
|
|
// InstanceInteracted).
|
|
|
|
bool IsSettingsRequestLoad;
|
|
|
|
bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings
|
|
|
|
// data.
|
|
|
|
bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1)
|
|
|
|
bool IsResetAllRequest;
|
|
|
|
bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest;
|
|
|
|
bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row.
|
|
|
|
bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
bool MemoryCompacted;
|
|
|
|
bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite
|
|
|
|
// InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTable()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
|
|
|
|
LastFrameActive = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of
|
|
|
|
// stacked table).
|
|
|
|
// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table
|
|
|
|
// structure.
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableTempData
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
|
|
|
|
float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
|
|
|
|
LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// sizeof() ~ 12
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
float WidthOrWeight;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID UserID;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder;
|
|
|
|
ImU8 SortDirection : 2;
|
|
|
|
ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file
|
|
|
|
ImU8 IsStretch : 1;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnSettings()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
WidthOrWeight = 0.0f;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
UserID = 0;
|
|
|
|
Index = -1;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1;
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
|
|
|
|
IsEnabled = 1;
|
|
|
|
IsStretch = 0;
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.)
|
|
|
|
struct ImGuiTableSettings
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ImGuiID ID; // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableFlags SaveFlags; // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags
|
|
|
|
// (could be using its own flags..)
|
|
|
|
float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCount;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCountMax; // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle
|
|
|
|
// a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher
|
|
|
|
bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running
|
|
|
|
// context)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); }
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
namespace ImGui
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Windows
|
|
|
|
// We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
|
|
|
|
// If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
|
|
|
|
// - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
|
|
|
|
// - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(),
|
|
|
|
// which is also illegal.
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.CurrentWindow;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true;
|
|
|
|
return g.CurrentWindow;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Windows: Display Order and Focus Order
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Fonts, drawing
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
|
|
|
|
inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return GetForegroundDrawList(window->Viewport);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Init
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call
|
|
|
|
// DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NewFrame
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock_floating_node);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Generic context hooks
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Viewports
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Settings
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Scrolling
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Basic Accessors
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiID GetItemID()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.LastItemData.ID;
|
|
|
|
} // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand)
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.LastItemData.InFlags;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiID GetActiveID()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.ActiveId;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiID GetFocusID()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.NavId;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Basic Helpers for widget code
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemAddFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemFlags in_flags,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags,
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& item_rect);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc.
|
|
|
|
// We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parameter stacks
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
// If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister():
|
|
|
|
// (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool focused =
|
|
|
|
// FocusableItemRegister(...)' (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and
|
|
|
|
// 'bool focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
|
|
|
|
// Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from
|
|
|
|
// regular widget to TempInputText()
|
|
|
|
inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(0);
|
|
|
|
IM_UNUSED(window);
|
|
|
|
IM_UNUSED(id);
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
} // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable flag to ItemAdd()
|
|
|
|
inline IM_NORETURN void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(0);
|
|
|
|
IM_UNUSED(window);
|
|
|
|
} // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Logging/Capture
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now
|
|
|
|
// stay under the radar by using the old name.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Popups, Modals, Tooltips
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& size,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir* last_dir,
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& r_outer,
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& r_avoid,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewport* viewport,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir dir,
|
|
|
|
float size,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Menus
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool MenuItemEx(const char* label,
|
|
|
|
const char* icon,
|
|
|
|
const char* shortcut = NULL,
|
|
|
|
bool selected = false,
|
|
|
|
bool enabled = true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Combos
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPreview();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void EndComboPreview();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir clip_dir,
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& bb_rel,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputReadMode mode,
|
|
|
|
float slow_factor = 0.0f,
|
|
|
|
float fast_factor = 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and
|
|
|
|
// processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Focus Scope (WIP)
|
|
|
|
// This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection
|
|
|
|
// patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope();
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiID GetFocusedFocusScope()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.NavFocusScopeId;
|
|
|
|
} // Focus scope which is actually active
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiID GetFocusScope()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
|
|
|
|
} // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Inputs
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetItemUsingMouseWheel();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
|
|
|
|
inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
IM_ASSERT(key < 64);
|
|
|
|
return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);
|
|
|
|
inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key];
|
|
|
|
return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyModFlags GetMergedKeyModFlags();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Docking
|
|
|
|
// (some functions are only declared in imgui.cpp, see Docking section)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID root_id,
|
|
|
|
bool clear_settings_refs); // Use root_id==0 to clear all
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* target,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* target_node,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* payload,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir split_dir,
|
|
|
|
float split_ratio,
|
|
|
|
bool split_outer);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* target_node,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* payload,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir split_dir,
|
|
|
|
bool split_outer,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2* out_pos);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockNodeEndAmendTabBar();
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeGetRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
while (node->ParentNode)
|
|
|
|
node = node->ParentNode;
|
|
|
|
return node;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline int DockNodeGetDepth(const ImGuiDockNode* node)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (node->ParentNode)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
node = node->ParentNode;
|
|
|
|
depth++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return depth;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiID DockNodeGetWindowMenuButtonId(const ImGuiDockNode* node)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ImHashStr("#COLLAPSE", 0, node->ID);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiDockNode* GetWindowDockNode()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.CurrentWindow->DockNode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Docking - Builder function needs to be generally called before the node is used/submitted.
|
|
|
|
// - The DockBuilderXXX functions are designed to _eventually_ become a public API, but it is too early to expose it and
|
|
|
|
// guarantee stability.
|
|
|
|
// - Do not hold on ImGuiDockNode* pointers! They may be invalidated by any split/merge/remove operation and every
|
|
|
|
// frame.
|
|
|
|
// - To create a DockSpace() node, make sure to set the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace flag when calling
|
|
|
|
// DockBuilderAddNode().
|
|
|
|
// You can create dockspace nodes (attached to a window) _or_ floating nodes (carry its own window) with this API.
|
|
|
|
// - DockBuilderSplitNode() create 2 child nodes within 1 node. The initial node becomes a parent node.
|
|
|
|
// - If you intend to split the node immediately after creation using DockBuilderSplitNode(), make sure
|
|
|
|
// to call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() beforehand. If you don't, the resulting split sizes may not be reliable.
|
|
|
|
// - Call DockBuilderFinish() after you are done.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderGetNode(ImGuiID node_id);
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderGetCentralNode(ImGuiID node_id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDockNode* node = DockBuilderGetNode(node_id);
|
|
|
|
if (!node)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
return DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->CentralNode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID node_id = 0, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id); // Remove node and all its child, undock all windows
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID node_id, bool clear_settings_refs = true);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID node_id); // Remove all split/hierarchy. All remaining docked windows will be re-docked to the remaining
|
|
|
|
// root node (node_id).
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID node_id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDir split_dir,
|
|
|
|
float size_ratio_for_node_at_dir,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID* out_id_at_dir,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID* out_id_at_opposite_dir); // Create 2 child nodes in this parent node.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID dst_dockspace_id,
|
|
|
|
ImVector<const char*>* in_window_remap_pairs);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVector<ImGuiID>* out_node_remap_pairs);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_name);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID node_id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Drag and Drop
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(
|
|
|
|
const char* str_id,
|
|
|
|
int count,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags =
|
|
|
|
0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Tables: Candidates for public API
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead.
|
|
|
|
// Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return
|
|
|
|
// columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered.
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Tables: Internals
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return g.CurrentTable;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
int columns_count,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0),
|
|
|
|
float inner_width = 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Tables: Settings
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Tab Bars
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar,
|
|
|
|
const char* label,
|
|
|
|
bool* p_open,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags flags,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTabItemFlags flags,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 frame_padding,
|
|
|
|
const char* label,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID tab_id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID close_button_id,
|
|
|
|
bool is_contents_visible,
|
|
|
|
bool* out_just_closed,
|
|
|
|
bool* out_text_clipped);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Render helpers
|
|
|
|
// AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND
|
|
|
|
// BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. NB: All position are in absolute pixels
|
|
|
|
// coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& pos_max,
|
|
|
|
const char* text,
|
|
|
|
const char* text_end,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2* text_size_if_known,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0),
|
|
|
|
const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& pos_min,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& pos_max,
|
|
|
|
const char* text,
|
|
|
|
const char* text_end,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2* text_size_if_known,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0),
|
|
|
|
const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& pos_min,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& pos_max,
|
|
|
|
float clip_max_x,
|
|
|
|
float ellipsis_max_x,
|
|
|
|
const char* text,
|
|
|
|
const char* text_end,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2* text_size_if_known);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 p_min,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 p_max,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 fill_col,
|
|
|
|
float grid_step,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 grid_off,
|
|
|
|
float rounding = 0.0f,
|
|
|
|
ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(
|
|
|
|
const char* text,
|
|
|
|
const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 pos,
|
|
|
|
float scale,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 col_fill,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 col_border,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 col_shadow);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderArrowDockMenu(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, float sz, ImU32 col);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const ImRect& rect,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 col,
|
|
|
|
float x_start_norm,
|
|
|
|
float x_end_norm,
|
|
|
|
float rounding);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
// [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short
|
|
|
|
// while]
|
|
|
|
inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
|
|
|
|
RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
|
|
|
|
RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Widgets
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiAxis axis,
|
|
|
|
float* p_scroll_v,
|
|
|
|
float avail_v,
|
|
|
|
float contents_v,
|
|
|
|
ImDrawFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImTextureID texture_id,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& size,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& uv0,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& uv1,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& padding,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec4& bg_col,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec4& tint_col);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Widgets low-level behaviors
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
bool* out_hovered,
|
|
|
|
bool* out_held,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
void* p_v,
|
|
|
|
float v_speed,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_min,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_max,
|
|
|
|
const char* format,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
void* p_v,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_min,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_max,
|
|
|
|
const char* format,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSliderFlags flags,
|
|
|
|
ImRect* out_grab_bb);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiAxis axis,
|
|
|
|
float* size1,
|
|
|
|
float* size2,
|
|
|
|
float min_size1,
|
|
|
|
float min_size2,
|
|
|
|
float hover_extend = 0.0f,
|
|
|
|
float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types.
|
|
|
|
// To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link
|
|
|
|
// to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float
|
|
|
|
// RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); "
|
|
|
|
template <typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
T v,
|
|
|
|
T v_min,
|
|
|
|
T v_max,
|
|
|
|
bool is_logarithmic,
|
|
|
|
float logarithmic_zero_epsilon,
|
|
|
|
float zero_deadzone_size);
|
|
|
|
template <typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
float t,
|
|
|
|
T v_min,
|
|
|
|
T v_max,
|
|
|
|
bool is_logarithmic,
|
|
|
|
float logarithmic_zero_epsilon,
|
|
|
|
float zero_deadzone_size);
|
|
|
|
template <typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
T* v,
|
|
|
|
float v_speed,
|
|
|
|
T v_min,
|
|
|
|
T v_max,
|
|
|
|
const char* format,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
template <typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
T* v,
|
|
|
|
T v_min,
|
|
|
|
T v_max,
|
|
|
|
const char* format,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiSliderFlags flags,
|
|
|
|
ImRect* out_grab_bb);
|
|
|
|
template <typename T, typename SIGNED_T>
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v);
|
|
|
|
template <typename T>
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Data type helpers
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf,
|
|
|
|
int buf_size,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_data,
|
|
|
|
const char* format);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf,
|
|
|
|
const char* initial_value_buf,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
void* p_data,
|
|
|
|
const char* format);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// InputText
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label,
|
|
|
|
const char* hint,
|
|
|
|
char* buf,
|
|
|
|
int buf_size,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& size_arg,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextFlags flags,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL,
|
|
|
|
void* user_data = NULL);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
const char* label,
|
|
|
|
char* buf,
|
|
|
|
int buf_size,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiInputTextFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
const char* label,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
void* p_data,
|
|
|
|
const char* format,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_clamp_min = NULL,
|
|
|
|
const void* p_clamp_max = NULL);
|
|
|
|
inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
return (g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL;
|
|
|
|
} // Get input text state if active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Color
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Plot
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type,
|
|
|
|
const char* label,
|
|
|
|
float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx),
|
|
|
|
void* data,
|
|
|
|
int values_count,
|
|
|
|
int values_offset,
|
|
|
|
const char* overlay_text,
|
|
|
|
float scale_min,
|
|
|
|
float scale_max,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 frame_size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
int vert_start_idx,
|
|
|
|
int vert_end_idx,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 gradient_p0,
|
|
|
|
ImVec2 gradient_p1,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 col0,
|
|
|
|
ImU32 col1);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
int vert_start_idx,
|
|
|
|
int vert_end_idx,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& a,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& b,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& uv_a,
|
|
|
|
const ImVec2& uv_b,
|
|
|
|
bool clamp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Garbage collection
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Debug Tools
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
|
|
|
|
inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
|
|
|
|
GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void DebugStartItemPicker()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
|
|
|
|
g.DebugItemPickerActive = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiViewportP* viewport,
|
|
|
|
const ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const char* label);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const ImDrawList* draw_list,
|
|
|
|
const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd,
|
|
|
|
bool show_mesh,
|
|
|
|
bool show_aabb);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} // namespace ImGui
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates
|
|
|
|
struct ImFontBuilderIO
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Helper for font builder
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas,
|
|
|
|
ImFont* font,
|
|
|
|
ImFontConfig* font_config,
|
|
|
|
float ascent,
|
|
|
|
float descent);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas,
|
|
|
|
int x,
|
|
|
|
int y,
|
|
|
|
int w,
|
|
|
|
int h,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_str,
|
|
|
|
char in_marker_char,
|
|
|
|
unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas,
|
|
|
|
int x,
|
|
|
|
int y,
|
|
|
|
int w,
|
|
|
|
int h,
|
|
|
|
const char* in_str,
|
|
|
|
char in_marker_char,
|
|
|
|
unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor);
|
|
|
|
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256],
|
|
|
|
unsigned char* pixels,
|
|
|
|
int x,
|
|
|
|
int y,
|
|
|
|
int w,
|
|
|
|
int h,
|
|
|
|
int stride);
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
|
|
|
|
extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
|
|
|
|
extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
|
|
|
|
extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id);
|
|
|
|
extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiDataType data_type,
|
|
|
|
ImGuiID id,
|
|
|
|
const void* data_id,
|
|
|
|
const void* data_id_end);
|
|
|
|
extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...);
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID) \
|
|
|
|
if (g.TestEngineHookItems) \
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) \
|
|
|
|
if (g.TestEngineHookItems) \
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional)
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...) \
|
|
|
|
if (g.TestEngineHookItems) \
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID, _TYPE, _DATA) \
|
|
|
|
if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == _ID) \
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA));
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID, _TYPE, _DATA, _DATA2) \
|
|
|
|
if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == _ID) \
|
|
|
|
ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA), (const void*)(_DATA2));
|
|
|
|
# else
|
|
|
|
# define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) ((void)0)
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 22:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# if defined(__clang__)
|
|
|
|
# pragma clang diagnostic pop
|
|
|
|
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
|
|
|
|
# pragma GCC diagnostic pop
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
|
|
|
# pragma warning(pop)
|
|
|
|
# endif
|
2020-09-04 16:13:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-25 10:04:45 +08:00
|
|
|
#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
|